WO2021238545A1 - 信息传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

信息传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021238545A1
WO2021238545A1 PCT/CN2021/089742 CN2021089742W WO2021238545A1 WO 2021238545 A1 WO2021238545 A1 WO 2021238545A1 CN 2021089742 W CN2021089742 W CN 2021089742W WO 2021238545 A1 WO2021238545 A1 WO 2021238545A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink transmission
harq
multiple carriers
time unit
carrier
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/089742
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
高雪娟
司倩倩
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority to US17/928,062 priority Critical patent/US20230198683A1/en
Priority to EP21814005.1A priority patent/EP4161198A4/en
Publication of WO2021238545A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021238545A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/08—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1614—Details of the supervisory signal using bitmaps
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1864—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to information transmission methods and devices.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink shared channel
  • the prior art only supports one DCI to schedule one PDSCH to be transmitted on a certain carrier, so the PDSCH is always on each carrier. It exists independently on the carrier. Therefore, in the prior art, the semi-static Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) confirmation codebook (codebook) is generated for each carrier, and then the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated for each carrier.
  • the codebooks are cascaded together to obtain the final HARQ-ACK codebook for transmission.
  • HARQ acknowledgement includes positive acknowledgement (ACK) and negative acknowledgement (NACK).
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • HARQ-ACK is used to represent HARQ acknowledgement.
  • a DCI schedules a PDSCH to be transmitted on multiple carriers
  • the prior art method of separately generating HARQ-ACK codebooks for each carrier and then cascading them together will result in pre-setting of multiple jointly scheduled carriers. Leave redundant HARQ-ACK feedback bits, thereby reducing the transmission efficiency and performance of HARQ-ACK.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method and device to realize HARQ-ACK feedback when one DCI schedules one PDSCH for simultaneous transmission on multiple carriers.
  • an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group, determine a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers
  • the multiple carriers are used as a group to determine a HARQ-ACK codebook for a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is described, thereby realizing HARQ-ACK feedback when one DCI schedules one PDSCH for simultaneous transmission on multiple carriers.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • K1 feedback timing each of the set value determining K1i a first time unit n-K1 i, determining a downlink transmission n K1-i corresponding to a candidate for the first time unit in accordance with the number of opportunities M c -max ;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc-max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1i corresponds to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit is the union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the multiple second time units (specifically, the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple second time units respectively)
  • the opportunity set is cascaded together in the order of the second time unit);
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are based on all the start and length indicator values (Start and Length Indicator Value) in the Time Domain Resource Assignment (TDRA) table. , SLIV) or determined based on the effective SLIV in the TDRA table, where the effective SLIV is a SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, and the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, Either it is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or a TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • start and length indicator values Start and Length Indicator Value
  • SLIV Time Domain Resource Assignment
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the SLIV is determined to be invalid, otherwise, the SLIV is determined to be valid, that is, when the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit corresponding to at least one of the multiple carriers, the SLIV is determined to be invalid.
  • SLIV is effective;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid , That is, when the SLIV in the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit on at least one of the corresponding carriers, it is determined that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, that is, when the SLIV is in the
  • each of the M second time units used for repeated transmission includes an uplink symbol, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook according to candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers; wherein, one downlink transmission opportunity corresponds to X-bit HARQ-ACK feedback, and X depends on PDSCH configuration parameters, such as single transport block (Transport Block, TB), multiple TB or code block group (Code Block Group, CBG) transmission, if it is multiple TB, whether to use HARQ-ACK space combination, etc.;
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to a corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and mapping the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the carrier where the downlink transmission is located one is determined to correspond to the For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers is generated based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunity HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the HARQ corresponding to the multiple carriers -ACK codebook, or taking a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers Downlink transmission opportunity to generate the HARQ-ACK codebook:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the sub-carrier spacing (Sub-Carrier Space, SCS) of the multiple carriers is the same, and the multiple carriers except for the one specific
  • SCS Sub-Carrier Space
  • the SLIV on a carrier other than the carrier is included in the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, and the DCI always schedules downlink transmission on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers transmission.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier are not in the same physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or HARQ-ACK is transmitted in the first time unit.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the first time unit includes: a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or one of subframes, or time slots, or sub time slots, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, a PDCCH indicating downlink semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) resource release At least one of.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PDCCH indicating downlink semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) resource release At least one of.
  • SPS downlink semi-persistent Scheduling
  • an information transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated with the multiple carriers as a group;
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and determining that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located determine one and all the downlink transmission opportunities. For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers; or,
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on the multiple carriers corresponding Candidates for downlink transmission opportunities are generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • ACK codebook, or the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on all the The candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or one of subframes, or time slots, or sub time slots, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • an information transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine a HARQ-ACK codebook for a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation when a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group;
  • the sending unit is used to send the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to a corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook Map location.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and mapping the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers is generated based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunity HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the HARQ corresponding to the multiple carriers -ACK codebook, or taking a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers Downlink transmission opportunity to generate the HARQ-ACK codebook:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or one of subframes, or time slots, or sub time slots, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • an information transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine that when a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated with the multiple carriers as a group;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and determining that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located determine one and all the downlink transmission opportunities. For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers; or,
  • a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on the multiple carriers corresponding Candidates for downlink transmission opportunities are generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • ACK codebook or, using a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on all
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • Another embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which includes a memory and a processor, wherein the memory is used to store program instructions, and the processor is used to call the program instructions stored in the memory, according to the obtained
  • the program performs the following process:
  • DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group, determine a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to a corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and mapping the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers is generated based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunity HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the HARQ corresponding to the multiple carriers -ACK codebook, or taking a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers Downlink transmission opportunity to generate the HARQ-ACK codebook:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • Another embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which includes a memory and a processor, wherein the memory is used to store program instructions, and the processor is used to call the program instructions stored in the memory, according to the obtained
  • the program performs the following process:
  • a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated with the multiple carriers as a group;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and determining that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located determine one and all the downlink transmission opportunities. For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers; or,
  • a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on the multiple carriers corresponding Candidates for downlink transmission opportunities are generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • ACK codebook, or the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on all the The candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • Another embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium that stores computer-executable instructions, and the computer-executable instructions are used to cause the computer to execute any of the foregoing methods.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a terminal sending an 8-bit HARQ-ACK on a determined PUCCH resource in an uplink time slot n according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a terminal sending a 7-bit HARQ-ACK on a determined PUCCH resource in an uplink time slot n according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method on the terminal side according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method on the network side according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an information transmission device on the terminal side according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of an information transmission device on the network side according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another information transmission device on the terminal side according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another information transmission device on the network side according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method and the device are based on the same application conceived. Since the method and the device have similar principles for solving the problem, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • applicable systems can be global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), general Mobile system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G system, 5G NR system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • general packet Wireless service general packet radio service
  • GPRS general packet Radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS general Mobile system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal device may be different.
  • the terminal device may be called a user equipment (UE).
  • UE user equipment
  • a wireless terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN).
  • the wireless terminal device can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or “cellular” phone) and a mobile phone.
  • the computer of the terminal device for example, may be a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile device, which exchanges language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, and access point , Remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station, and the base station may include multiple cells.
  • a base station may also be referred to as an access point, or may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more sectors on an air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to convert the received air frame and the Internet protocol (IP) packet to each other, as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the Internet Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may be a network equipment (base transmitter station, BTS) in the global system for mobile communications (GSM) or code division multiple access (CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in wide-band code division multiple access (WCDMA), or an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station in the 5G network architecture (next generation system), but also home evolved node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node), home base station ( femto), pico base stations (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • BTS network equipment
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • NodeB wide-band code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G base station in the 5G network architecture next generation system
  • HeNB home evolved node B
  • relay node relay node
  • the new wireless communication system (ie, 5G NR, 5 Generation New RAT) supports flexible timing relationships.
  • the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH, Physical Downlink Shared CHannel) indicates the scheduling timing relationship (Scheduling timing, or K0) between the PDSCH and the PDCCH, and The feedback timing relationship between the PDSCH and its corresponding HARQ-ACK (HARQ-ACK timing, namely K1).
  • the Downlink Control Information (DCI, Downlink Control Information) format used by the PDCCH, the Time Domain Resource Assignment (TDRA) indicator field, indicates the time slot of the PDSCH and the PDCCH (or DCI, because DCI It is the specific transmission format of the PDCCH. The two are considered equivalent from the description of the scheduling and feedback relationship)
  • the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indication field in the DCI format indicates the number of time slots K1 between the end of the PDSCH and the beginning of HARQ-ACK, that is, the PDSCH transmitted in time slot n is in time slot n+ HARQ-ACK transmission is performed in K1.
  • the 5G NR system supports two HARQ-ACK codebook generation methods, semi-static and dynamic.
  • the so-called HARQ-ACK codebook refers to the HARQ-ACK feedback sequence generated for the downlink transmission (including PDSCH and SPS PDSCH release) of HARQ-ACK feedback on the same time domain location or uplink channel.
  • the semi-static codebook can be determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing value in the K1 set on each carrier c (specifically, the current active partial bandwidth (Bandwidth partial, BWP) on this carrier) corresponds to a slot or position HARQ-ACK feedback downlink transmission of sub-slots (sub-slot) n in set M c, and M c according i.e., HARQ-ACK can be determined codebook slot or sub-slot n is transmitted.
  • BWP current active partial bandwidth
  • a DCI supports scheduling of a PDSCH for transmission on multiple carriers (the function of DCI can allow scheduling of a PDSCH for transmission on multiple carriers.
  • a kind of The implementation method is to specify that when such DCI schedules PDSCH transmission, one PDSCH is always scheduled to be transmitted on multiple carriers.
  • Another implementation method is to not restrict the PDSCH actually scheduled by DCI to be transmitted on several carriers, such as DCI.
  • a certain scheduling can be scheduling a PDSCH to be transmitted on one carrier, another scheduling of DCI, or scheduling a PDSCH to be transmitted on multiple carriers).
  • the Multiple carriers form a group, and one HARQ-ACK codebook is determined, that is, multiple carriers that can be scheduled by the DCI are grouped into a group, and one HARQ-ACK codebook is generated uniformly.
  • one HARQ-ACK codebook is generated uniformly.
  • Method 1 When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted in the first time unit n (that is, when the downlink transmission scheduled by DCI needs to perform HARQ-ACK transmission in the first time unit n, the transmission in the first time unit n needs to be generated HARQ-ACK codebook), determine a first time unit n-K1 i according to each value K1i in the feedback timing K1 set, and determine the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i ( Or it can be called the number of HARQ-ACK positions, one position corresponds to one HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission, and one HARQ-ACK position can correspond to 1 or more bits of HARQ-ACK, depending on the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to one downlink transmission Number) M c-max ;
  • Each of the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i that transmits HARQ-ACK in the first time unit n is cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 value to form
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers, the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the first time unit n contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set;
  • the HARQ-ACK in the HARQ-ACK codebook is mapped to the corresponding position in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the correspondence between the received downlink transmission and the downlink transmission opportunity in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set.
  • Mc -max can be obtained in the following manner, for example:
  • Mc -max is the candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Method 1-1 is applicable to any situation, including the independent scheduling timing for multiple carriers in the design of scheduling timing, that is, different K0 values, or common scheduling timing, that is, the same K0 value, according to Predetermined rules, the specific time unit scheduled on each carrier can be obtained based on the same K0 value;
  • the transmission opportunity is the union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the multiple second time units (specifically, the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple second time units are cascaded together in the order of the second time unit. owned);
  • Method 1-2 can be applied to common scheduling timing, that is, when the first time unit n-K1 i is known, according to the predetermined scheduling timing rule, the first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i can be obtained at each
  • the second time unit on the carrier that is, according to the scheduling and feedback timing design, infer the second time unit on each scheduled carrier with the first time unit n-K1 i as the reference, that is, the second time unit on each carrier
  • the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i is fixed and not variable; of course, it is not ruled out that the method 1-2 is applied to other scenarios;
  • one DCI schedule transmits PDSCH on multiple carriers in the same time slot determined by the value of K0, and
  • overlapping the scheduled time slot on a carrier can be scheduled on carrier know which time slot to the reference slot corresponding to the n-K1, M c can be
  • Mc -max is a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers;
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity is determined according to one of the carriers, if a DCI only schedules one PDSCH to be transmitted on one carrier, and the transmitted carrier is not a specific carrier, it may appear on a specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities cannot include the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the PDSCH transmission on this carrier.
  • the base station is required to schedule to ensure that there is no DCI and only schedule one PDSCH for transmission on one carrier.
  • the HARQ-ACK and one DCI schedules a PDSCH to be multiplexed when it is transmitted on multiple carriers, or base station scheduling ensures that PDSCH transmissions scheduled on other non-specific carriers can correspond to a candidate downlink transmission opportunity in Mc -max.
  • the downlink transmission opportunity is a union of candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units
  • a downlink transmission opportunity corresponds to X-bit HARQ-ACK feedback.
  • X depends on the configuration parameters of the PDSCH, such as single transport block (Transport Block, TB), multiple TB or code block group (Code Block Group, CBG) transmission. Whether to use HARQ-ACK space combining in TB, etc.;
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit is determined based on all the start and length indicator values (Start and Length Indicator Value, SLIV) in the Time Domain Resource Allocation (TDRA) table , Or determined based on the SLIV in the TDRA table that does not conflict with the configured (specifically, it may be configured by higher-layer signaling) uplink symbols (that is, valid SLIV);
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers , Or a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or a TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers (that is, the TDRA tables of different carriers are independently configured, and are not necessarily the same);
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in each second time unit are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, that is, whether SLIV is valid (whether it conflicts with the configured uplink symbols) The judgment does not remove any SLIV; of course, you can also choose to make a validity judgment.
  • a shared TDRA table for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the uplink symbols configured on this carrier (including, it is a conflict) , When it is not included, it is determined that this SLIV is valid, when it is included, it is determined that this SLIV is invalid; or, only when this SLIV contains uplink symbols in the second time unit on the multiple carriers, this SLIV is determined Invalid, other conditions are considered valid (that is, when the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit corresponding to at least one of the multiple carriers, it is determined that the SLIV is valid);
  • a TDRA table corresponding to each carrier is used, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, it is determined whether a SLIV in the TDRA table corresponding to this carrier includes the uplink configured on this carrier. Symbol (including, it is a conflict), when it is not included, confirm that this SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table configured for DCI when the TDRA table contains at least one line of SLIV that corresponds to a SLIV group, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to each of the multiple carriers, when the When each SLIV in the SLIV contains uplink symbols in the second time unit in the corresponding carrier, it is determined that this SLIV group is invalid, otherwise it is determined that this SLIV group is valid (that is, when the SLIV in the SLIV is in the corresponding carrier When the second time unit on at least one of the carriers does not include an uplink symbol, it is determined that the SLIV is valid);
  • the current carrier is configured with PDSCH repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i (e.g. The second time unit is the time unit m, then the time units m-1, m-2,...m-M+1 are further determined, and these M time units are the set of time units for repeated transmission), when a SLIV is in the At least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission does not contain an uplink symbol, and it is determined that this SLIV is valid, otherwise it is determined that this SLIV is invalid (that is, when this SLIV is used for the M second time units for repeated transmission) When each time unit of the unit contains an uplink symbol, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid);
  • a first time unit n-K1i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located on the specific carrier that is, the second time unit on this carrier is determined to refer to the first time unit according to the definition of feedback timing
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the PDSCH is determined
  • the HARQ-AK of the PDSCH is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • DCI schedules a PDSCH to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the carrier where the PDSCH is transmitted; specifically of:
  • a first time unit n-K1i corresponding to the second time unit of the downlink transmission on the carrier where the PDSCH transmission is located (that is, the second time unit on this carrier is determined to refer to the first time unit according to the definition of feedback timing)
  • the time unit n-K1 i performs feedback timing
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities one is determined
  • the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • Manner 2 Use the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific one of the multiple carriers as the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers; or, to correspond to a specific one of the multiple carriers
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities for the multiple carriers are used as candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • HARQ-ACK codebooks corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated; The process of determining the HARQ-ACK codebook or determining the candidate downlink transmission opportunity for each carrier is an existing technology, and will not be repeated.
  • the TDRA tables on multiple carriers are the same;
  • the time slot structure on multiple carriers (that is, which time slots are uplink, which time slots are downlink, which symbols in a time slot are uplink, which symbols are downlink, and the time slots or symbols that are not designated as uplink or downlink are flexible flexible) the same;
  • the SCS of multiple carriers is the same;
  • the SLIV on the carrier other than the specific carrier among multiple carriers is included in the TDRA table of the specific carrier;
  • the DCI always schedules the PDSCH to be transmitted on one or more carriers including a specific carrier among the plurality of carriers.
  • the use of method 2 can also be used without restriction. The above conditions must be met. In this case, the HARQ-ACK determined by a specific carrier cannot be included in the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH scheduled for transmission on another non-specific carrier through the base station scheduling. Location, or when this situation occurs, it is considered that the scheduled PDSCH has no HARQ-ACK feedback.
  • the specific carrier may be the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the plurality of carriers, and the carrier with the smallest or largest SCS among the plurality of carriers (if there are multiple carriers with the same SCS, it may be any one.
  • the scheduling timing of the PDSCH on each carrier in which time slot is transmitted is obtained with this carrier as a reference, that is, K0 is obtained with this carrier as a reference), or the DCI schedules the multiple
  • the PDSCH scheduled by one DCI and transmitted on multiple carriers, and the PDSCH scheduled by one DCI and transmitted on one carrier, do not transmit HARQ-ACK in the same PUCCH;
  • the first time unit may include: a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or subframes, or time slots, or sub time slots, etc., where A is a positive integer;
  • the second time unit may include: a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or subframes, or time slots, or sub time slots, etc., where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the first time unit and the second time unit are both time slots, or the first time unit is a sub-time slot, and the first time unit is a sub-time slot.
  • the second time unit is a time slot;
  • the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook is configured to be used, one of the foregoing methods is adopted to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the multiple carriers.
  • the terminal determines the HARQ-ACK codebook in the above manner and sends it to the base station; the base station determines in the above manner that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated as a group of the multiple carriers, and performs HARQ-ACK codebook reception, and According to the reverse process of the terminal generating the HARQ-ACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on multiple carriers in the HARQ-ACK codebook is analyzed.
  • the foregoing case where the DCI schedules a PDSCH to be transmitted on one or more carriers can also be replaced with a case where a DCI indicating the release of SPS resources is transmitted on one or more carriers, and the foregoing manners are also applicable.
  • Embodiment 1 (Method 1): Assume that both the first time unit and the second time unit are time slots, and that DCI can schedule a PDSCH to be transmitted on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • Method A Do not judge whether SLIV is valid, because the uplink and downlink divisions in different time slots are not considered (that is, one time slot may contain A1 uplink symbols, and one time slot contains A2 uplink symbols, and the position of the uplink symbols It may also be different.) Whether the same affects whether the SLIV in TDRA is valid in different time slots, then the number of corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunities in each time slot of the same carrier is the same; the terminal only needs to be based on the carrier.
  • the SLIV in the corresponding TDRA table obtains the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a time slot on each carrier according to the SLIV grouping method in the prior art, thereby obtaining Mc -max ; assuming that each time slot of carrier 1 is based on The SLIV set in the corresponding TDRA table determines 4 candidate downlink transmission opportunities.
  • the downlink time slot corresponding to the uplink time slot n-1 (ie transmission The time slot of PDSCH) is time slot n-1 on both carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the downlink time slot corresponding to uplink time slot n-2 (that is, the time slot for transmitting PDSCH) is time slot on both carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook in uplink time slot n is a codebook containing candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to downlink time slots n-1 and time slot n-2 on carrier 1 and carrier 2, That is, it is assumed that the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to each candidate downlink transmission opportunity is 1 (of course, in other embodiments, it still corresponds to X bits, and X is related to the configuration of downlink transmission, such as 2 TB transmission and no space merging is used.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to carrier 1 and carrier 2 in the uplink time slot n contains 8 bits of information, and the first 4 bits correspond to the time slot 4 candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to n-2, the last 4 bits correspond to 4 candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to time slot n-1; if there is one in downlink time slot n-1 that is scheduled on carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the transmitted PDSCH suppose that its SLIV corresponds to the third downlink transmission opportunity in the time slot in which it is transmitted, that is, it corresponds to the uplink time slot n-1 (the uplink time slot n-1 corresponding to this downlink time slot n-1).
  • HARQ-ACKs corresponding to other PDSCHs in the 8-bit HARQ-ACK codebook there may be HARQ-ACKs corresponding to other PDSCHs in the 8-bit HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the process of mapping the HARQ-ACKs of these PDSCHs to the 8-bit HARQ-ACK codebook is similar to the above, and will not be repeated;
  • 8-bit HARQ -The PDSCH corresponding to the ACK codebook can be scheduled for transmission on multiple carriers, and can also include partial scheduling for transmission on multiple carriers, and partial scheduling for transmission on one carrier;
  • the TDRA form corresponding to each carrier can be the same or different, depending on the configuration and usage of the TDRA form. Any configuration method can be processed using the methods provided in the embodiments of this application; if the TDRA form Carrier 1 and carrier 2 are shared. For example, if a TDRA table is configured for the DCI of scheduling carrier 1 and carrier 2, and it is specified that this TDRA table is applicable to carrier 1 and carrier 2, or high-level signaling directly has a DCI Carrier 1 and carrier 2 scheduled at the same time are configured with a TDRA table to determine the time domain resources on these two carriers. Of course, there can be other configuration methods.
  • Carrier 1 and carrier 2 need to be processed separately, so that the number of transmission opportunities in this candidate downlink transmission opportunity set is taken as Mc-max ; if the TDRA table is independent of carrier 1 and carrier 2, for example, high-level information Let carrier 1 and carrier 2 be configured with a TDRA table, the combination of SLIV set and K0 contained in each TDRA table is not exactly the same, or a TDRA table is configured for DCI or for two carriers, each row in the table Contains a combination of two SLIVs, and each SLIV corresponds to a carrier, as shown in Table 1 below, that is, the TDRA indicator field in the DCI indicates an index.
  • the SLIV and K0 can be the same or different for the two carriers. If they are the same, you can also reserve a common K0 column for carrier 1 and carrier 2 in Table 1), of course, there can be other configurations.
  • the SLIV sets contained in the TDRA tables of the two carriers may be different, it is necessary to determine the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to each carrier for the two TDRA tables, and obtain The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities in a time slot on carrier 1 and carrier 2 may be different.
  • Mc -max the maximum value as Mc -max
  • Mc -max the carrier whose number is less than Mc -max can be specified to correspond to the first or the latter of the Mc-max downlink transmission opportunities, so that the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the carrier can be less than Mc -max
  • For the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier according to the corresponding relationship between its downlink transmission opportunity on this carrier and one of the Mc -max downlink transmission opportunities, determine the position of its HARQ-ACK mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook .
  • the SCS of uplink transmission and downlink transmission are the same, and there is no time slot offset between different carriers (that is, the time slot numbers are not aligned, for example, the time slot n on carrier 1 corresponds to the time slot n on carrier 2.
  • Time slot np, p is the number of offset time slots
  • the uplink time slot corresponds to the downlink time slot, and the number is the same; when the SCS of the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission are different, one uplink time slot may correspond to multiple
  • an uplink time slot n-1 on carrier 1 corresponds to time slots 2n-2 and 2n-2 on carrier 2 2n-1
  • the sum of the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to these two time slots can be taken as the candidate downlink transmission opportunities of the second time unit corresponding to time slot n-1 on carrier 2, and the sum of the number of downlink transmission opportunities on carrier 1.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities of the second time unit corresponding to time slot n-1 are compared, and the maximum value of carrier 1 and carrier 2 is taken as Mc -max ; in addition, under other feedback timing definitions, regardless of whether the SCS is the same or Different, there may also be other situations where the numbers of the downlink time slots corresponding to the same uplink on carrier 1 and carrier 2 are different, as long as the terminal and base station can uniquely determine the correspondence between the downlink time slots on carrier 1 and carrier 2. (That is, it is possible to know which time slot on carrier 1 and which time slot on carrier 2 are used to transmit a PDSCH at the same time, that is, these two time slots are on carrier 1 and carrier 2 and uplink time slot n-1 respectively.
  • the above methods 1-2 and 1-3 can be used to determine the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities in the corresponding carrier 1 and carrier 2 time slots, and the maximum value is taken as the uplink time.
  • Method B To determine whether the SLIV is valid, regardless of whether the TDRA table corresponding to each carrier is the same, because of the time slot structure on different carriers (which symbols in a time slot are configured as downlink symbols and which symbols are configured as uplink symbols Symbols) are different, the time slot structure of different time slots on the same carrier can also be different. It is necessary to judge whether SLIV is valid for each time slot on each carrier, so as to obtain the effective SLIV based on the current time slot.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to this time slot the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities obtained in different carriers and different time slots of the same carrier may be different; the advantage of judging whether SLIV is effective is that it can guarantee the HARQ-ACK code On the basis of this stability, the redundancy in the HARQ-ACK codebook is reduced to a certain extent, that is, only the HARQ-ACK position is reserved for subsequent downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the SLIV where downlink transmission may actually occur;
  • the time slot corresponding to the uplink time slot n-1 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 is n-1
  • the time slot corresponding to the uplink time slot n-2 is n- 2.
  • the specific carrier is carrier 1 (it can be determined according to specific rules, or a specific carrier obtained in advance by signaling, etc., the specific method is not limited)
  • the specific way to obtain the HARQ-ACK codebook Same as above method 1-2, no further details; among them, because the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities contained in each time slot on carrier 1 is not less than the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities contained in carrier 2 in the corresponding time slot Therefore, even if the base station sends a DCI to schedule a PDSCH to be transmitted only in a certain time
  • Embodiment 2 (Method 2): When it is supported to schedule a PDSCH to be transmitted on carrier 1 and carrier 2 through a DCI, assuming that carrier 1 is a specific carrier, and other assumptions are the same as the above methods A and B, then carrier 1 can be adjusted according to the prior art.
  • the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities to obtain an 8-bit HARQ-ACK codebook can also be determined by determining the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities contained in timeslots n-1 and n-2 of carrier 1 according to the prior art, and then This number is respectively used as the number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to uplink time slots n-1 and n-2, and then an 8-bit HARQ-ACK codebook is obtained for the PDSCH scheduled by DCI to be simultaneously transmitted on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • the HARQ-ACK mapping method for the PDSCH transmitted on a certain carrier is the same as method A, which will not be repeated here;
  • time slots n-1 and n-2 corresponding to the uplink time slots n-1 and n-2 on carrier 1 respectively contain 3 and 4 candidate downlink transmissions.
  • opportunity to obtain a 7-bit HARQ-ACK codebook it is determined that the time slots n-1 and n-2 corresponding to the uplink time slots n-1 and n-2 on carrier 1 respectively contain 3 and 4 candidate downlink transmissions.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH corresponds to the corresponding second time unit on the specific carrier according to the SLIV corresponding to the PDSCH
  • Candidate downlink transmission opportunities are mapped (that is, this PDSCH is transmitted in time slot n on carrier 2, and carrier 1 is a specific carrier, so a time slot needs to be determined on carrier 1, and this time slot is the same as time slot n on carrier 2.
  • this time slot is a time slot that is scheduled at the same time as time slot n on carrier 2 when DCI schedules two carriers at the same time according to the scheduling timing design, such as a time slot that can be determined based on the same K0 value, Find a SLIV that is the same as the SLIV used by the PDSCH in the corresponding time slot of carrier 1, so as to obtain a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to this PDSCH in this time slot of carrier 1, and then according to the candidate downlink The transmission opportunity uses the position of this time slot of carrier 1 to obtain the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook of carrier 1.
  • the DCI may contain scheduling indication information for carrier 1 and carrier 2, independently indicating carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • the scheduling information on carrier 2 can also be that only one set of indication fields are included in the DCI, and the scheduling information provided is for two carriers Sharing, that is, for example, the TDRA indicator field in the DCI indicates a SLIV and K0, then on each carrier, a time domain transmission position is determined according to this SLIV and K0, or it can be that part of the indicator field in the DCI is two pairs
  • Each carrier is independently indicated, and part of the indication field is shared by two carriers.
  • the embodiments of the present application when a DCI can schedule a PDSCH to be transmitted on multiple carriers, the multiple carriers are used as a group to jointly determine a HARQ-ACK, rather than separately for each carrier
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined to be cascaded together. That is, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the HARQ-ACK codebook of multiple carriers when one DCI schedules one PDSCH for transmission on multiple carriers, avoiding to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook for each carrier separately according to the prior art.
  • the codebook redundancy caused by the cascade of ACK codebooks ensures the consistency of understanding of HARQ-ACK transmission by the base station and the terminal, reduces the redundancy of HARQ-ACK, and improves the performance and efficiency of HARQ-ACK transmission.
  • an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group, determine a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • taking the multiple carriers as a group determining a HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation, that is, taking these multiple carriers as a group, and generating a HARQ-ACK codebook for this group of carriers.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • K1 feedback timing each of the set value determining K1i a first time unit n-K1 i, determining a downlink transmission n K1-i corresponding to a candidate for the first time unit in accordance with the number of opportunities M c -max ;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc-max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1i corresponds to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit is the union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the multiple second time units (specifically, the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple second time units respectively)
  • the opportunity set is cascaded together in the order of the second time unit);
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the SLIV is determined to be invalid, otherwise, the SLIV is determined to be valid, that is, when the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit corresponding to at least one of the multiple carriers, the SLIV is determined to be invalid.
  • SLIV is effective;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid , That is, when the SLIV in the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit on at least one of the corresponding carriers, it is determined that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, that is, when the SLIV is in the
  • each of the M second time units used for repeated transmission includes an uplink symbol, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook according to candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers; wherein, one downlink transmission opportunity corresponds to X-bit HARQ-ACK feedback, and X depends on PDSCH configuration parameters, such as single TB, multiple TB or CBG transmission, if it is multiple TB, whether to use HARQ-ACK space combination, etc.;
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to a corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and mapping the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the carrier where the downlink transmission is located one is determined to correspond to the For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers is generated based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunity HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the HARQ corresponding to the multiple carriers -ACK codebook, or taking a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers Downlink transmission opportunity to generate the HARQ-ACK codebook:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and determining that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located determine one and all the downlink transmission opportunities. For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers; or,
  • a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on the multiple carriers corresponding Candidates for downlink transmission opportunities are generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • ACK codebook, or the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on all the The candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the processor 600 is configured to read a program in the memory 620, and execute the following process:
  • DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group, determine a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • K1 feedback timing each of the set value determining K1i a first time unit n-K1 i, determining a downlink transmission n K1-i corresponding to a candidate for the first time unit in accordance with the number of opportunities M c -max ;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc-max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1i corresponds to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit is the union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the multiple second time units (specifically, the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple second time units respectively)
  • the opportunity set is cascaded together in the order of the second time unit);
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the SLIV is determined to be invalid, otherwise, the SLIV is determined to be valid, that is, when the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit corresponding to at least one of the multiple carriers, the SLIV is determined to be invalid.
  • SLIV is effective;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid , That is, when the SLIV in the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in the second time unit on at least one of the corresponding carriers, it is determined that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, that is, when the SLIV is in the
  • each of the M second time units used for repeated transmission includes an uplink symbol, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook according to candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers; wherein, one downlink transmission opportunity corresponds to X-bit HARQ-ACK feedback, and X depends on PDSCH configuration parameters, such as single TB, multiple TB or CBG transmission, if it is multiple TB, whether to use HARQ-ACK space combination, etc.;
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to a corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and mapping the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the carrier where the downlink transmission is located one is determined to correspond to the For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook specifically includes:
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers is generated based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunity HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the HARQ corresponding to the multiple carriers -ACK codebook, or taking a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a particular carrier among the multiple carriers as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, based on the candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers Downlink transmission opportunity to generate the HARQ-ACK codebook:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • the transceiver 610 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 600.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 600 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 620 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 610 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 630 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting internally required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 600 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 620 can store data used by the processor 600 when performing operations.
  • the processor 600 may be a CPU (central embedded device), ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, application-specific integrated circuit), FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array, field programmable gate array) or CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) , Complex Programmable Logic Device).
  • CPU central embedded device
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array, field programmable gate array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • Complex Programmable Logic Device Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the processor 500 is configured to read a program in the memory 520 and execute the following process:
  • a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated with the multiple carriers as a group;
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • a first time unit n-K1 i is determined according to each value K1 i in the feedback timing K1 set, and a first time unit n-K1 is determined The number of candidate downlink transmission opportunities M c-max corresponding to i;
  • the Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to each first time unit n-K1 i are cascaded together in a fixed order of the corresponding K1 values to form a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers ;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers.
  • the Mc -max is determined in one of the following ways:
  • Manner 1-1 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in each second time unit for HARQ-ACK feedback in the first time unit n on each of the multiple carriers The maximum value;
  • Manner 1-2 For each first time unit n-K1 i , determine Mc -max as the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on each of the multiple carriers. The maximum value of candidate downlink transmission opportunities;
  • Manner 1-3 Determine Mc -max as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity included in a second time unit corresponding to the first time unit n-K1 i on a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the first time unit n-K1 is corresponding to the one carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of K1 i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the plurality of second time units;
  • the first time unit n-K1 corresponds to the specific carrier.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in the second time unit of i is a union of the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a plurality of second time units.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on all SLIVs in the TDRA table, or based on valid SLIVs in the TDRA table, where the valid SLIV For SLIV that does not conflict with the configured uplink symbols, the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, or is a TDRA table configured for the DCI, or is a separate carrier for each of the multiple carriers The corresponding TDRA form.
  • the candidate downlink transmission opportunities included in a second time unit on a carrier are determined based on the valid SLIV in the TDRA table, determine whether the SLIV is valid in the following manner:
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table shared by the multiple carriers, for each of the multiple carriers, in the second time unit, determine whether a SLIV in the TDRA table includes the current carrier configuration
  • the uplink symbol is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid, or when the SLIV is in the second time unit corresponding to each of the multiple carriers.
  • the uplink symbol is included, determine that this SLIV is invalid, otherwise, determine that the SLIV is valid;
  • the TDRA table is a TDRA table configured for the DCI
  • a row of information in the TDRA table corresponds to a SLIV group composed of multiple SLIVs, and each SLIV in the SLIV group corresponds to the multiple
  • the SLIV group is determined to be invalid, otherwise the SLIV group is determined to be valid ;
  • the TDRA table is the TDRA table corresponding to each of the multiple carriers
  • determine the TDRA table corresponding to the current carrier Whether one of the SLIV and the uplink symbol configured on the current carrier is included, if it is not included, it is determined that the SLIV is valid, and when it is included, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid;
  • a carrier is configured with downlink transmission repeated transmission M times, it is necessary to determine M second time units for repeated transmission based on the second time unit corresponding to the first time unit on one carrier.
  • the SLIV does not include an uplink symbol in at least one time unit of the M second time units used for repeated transmission, it is determined that the SLIV is valid; otherwise, it is determined that the SLIV is invalid.
  • the downlink transmission unit is a first time n-K1 i corresponding to a second cell included in the candidate time opportunities less than M c M c-max, after determining the downlink transmission opportunity candidate M c on the carrier corresponding to a downlink transmission opportunity before the transmission opportunity of the downlink M M c-max c candidate in the candidate, c, or M candidate downlink transmission Chance.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to a set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook contains the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to the candidate downlink transmission opportunity sets corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the HARQ-ACK of a downlink transmission is mapped to the corresponding one in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the candidate downlink transmission opportunity set corresponding to the multiple carriers HARQ-ACK position.
  • a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission and a candidate downlink transmission opportunity set in the set of candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK position in, specifically includes:
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier in the multiple carriers ;and / or,
  • the DCI schedules a downlink transmission to be transmitted on one of the multiple carriers, according to the carrier on which the downlink transmission is located, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is in the HARQ-ACK codebook. Map location.
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK for the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers includes:
  • Mc-max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit in which the downlink transmission is located on the one specific carrier determine one of the downlink transmission opportunities that corresponds to the downlink transmission opportunity. Transmitting the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity, and determining that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • determining the mapping position of the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission in the HARQ-ACK codebook includes:
  • the Mc -max candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to a first time unit n-K1 i corresponding to the second time unit where the downlink transmission is located determine one and all the downlink transmission opportunities. For the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the downlink transmission, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the downlink transmission is mapped to the HARQ-ACK position corresponding to the corresponding candidate downlink transmission opportunity in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • determining that the HARQ-ACK codebook for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement is generated with the multiple carriers as a group includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers; or,
  • a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as a candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and it is determined that the HARQ-ACK codebook is based on the multiple carriers corresponding Candidates for downlink transmission opportunities are generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the multiple carriers is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • ACK codebook, or the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to a specific carrier among the multiple carriers is used as the candidate downlink transmission opportunity corresponding to the multiple carriers, and the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on all the The candidate downlink transmission opportunities corresponding to the multiple carriers are generated:
  • the TDRA tables of the multiple carriers are the same, the time slot structure of the multiple carriers is the same, the SCS of the multiple carriers is the same, and the SLIV on carriers other than the one specific carrier of the multiple carriers includes In the TDRA table of the one specific carrier, the DCI always schedules downlink transmission to be transmitted on one or more carriers including the one specific carrier among the multiple carriers.
  • the specific carrier is the carrier with the smallest or largest number among the multiple carriers, or the carrier with the smallest or largest subcarrier spacing SCS among the multiple carriers, or the higher-level information among the multiple carriers.
  • the pre-indicated carrier be either a carrier used as a scheduling timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers, or a carrier used as a HARQ-ACK feedback timing reference when the DCI schedules the multiple carriers.
  • the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmission scheduled by the DCI for transmission on one carrier do not transmit HARQ in the same physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the first time unit -ACK.
  • the first time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of A symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where A is a positive integer; and/or ,
  • the second time unit includes: one of a pre-defined time period composed of B symbols, or a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub time slot, where B is a positive integer;
  • the definitions of the first time unit and the second time unit may be the same or different.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated in a semi-static manner; and/or, the downlink transmission includes at least one of a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and a PDCCH indicating the release of downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS resources.
  • the transceiver 510 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 500.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 500 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 520 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 510 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the processor 500 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 520 can store data used by the processor 500 when performing operations.
  • the processor 500 can be a central embedded device (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device). , CPLD).
  • CPU central embedded device
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • another information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the determining unit 11 is configured to determine a HARQ-ACK codebook for a hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation when a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, using the multiple carriers as a group;
  • the sending unit 12 is configured to send the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal-side information transmission device also has the function of executing various processing procedures described in the above-mentioned terminal-side information transmission method, such as how the determining unit specifically determines the HARQ-ACK codebook, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • another information transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the determining unit 21 is configured to determine that when a downlink control information DCI can schedule a downlink transmission to be transmitted on multiple carriers, determine that the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated based on the multiple carriers as a group;
  • the receiving unit 22 is configured to receive the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the base station side information transmission device also has the function of executing various processing procedures described in the above base station side information transmission method, for example, how the determining unit specifically determines the HARQ-ACK codebook, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computing device.
  • the computing device may specifically be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a smart phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), and the like.
  • the computing device may include a central processing unit (CPU), a memory, an input/output device, etc.
  • the input device may include a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, etc.
  • an output device may include a display device, such as a liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display, LCD), Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), etc.
  • LCD Liquid Crystal Display
  • CRT Cathode Ray Tube
  • the memory may include read only memory (ROM) and random access memory (RAM), and provides the processor with program instructions and data stored in the memory.
  • ROM read only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the memory may be used to store the program of any of the methods provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor calls the program instructions stored in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute any of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained program instructions.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer program instructions used by the device provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present application, which includes a program for executing any method provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer storage medium may be any available medium or data storage device that the computer can access, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CDs, DVDs, etc.) BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.
  • optical storage such as CDs, DVDs, etc.
  • BD magneto-optical disks
  • HVD magneto-optical disks
  • semiconductor memory such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to terminal equipment, and can also be applied to network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment can also be called User Equipment (User Equipment, referred to as "UE"), Mobile Station (Mobile Station, referred to as “MS”), Mobile Terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc.
  • UE User Equipment
  • MS Mobile Station
  • Mobile Terminal Mobile Terminal
  • the terminal can be It has the ability to communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the terminal can be a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), or a mobile computer, etc.
  • the terminal may also be a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile device.
  • the network device may be a base station (for example, an access point), which refers to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal through one or more sectors on an air interface in an access network.
  • the base station can be used to convert received air frames and IP packets into each other, and act as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station can be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in LTE. B), or it can also be gNB in the 5G system.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • eNB evolved base station
  • e-NodeB evolutional NodeB
  • the processing flow of the above method can be implemented by a software program, which can be stored in a storage medium, and when the stored software program is called, the steps of the above method are executed.
  • this application can be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • a computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了信息传输方法及装置，用以实现当一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上进行传输时的HARQ-ACK反馈。本申请提供的信息传输方法，包括：当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。

Description

信息传输方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2020年05月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010467902.1、申请名称为“信息传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及信息传输方法及装置。
背景技术
关于下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)调度物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared CHannel，PDSCH)，现有技术中仅支持一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在某一个载波上传输，因此PDSCH都是在每个载波上独立存在的，因此现有技术中半静态混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，HARQ)确认码本(codebook)是针对每个载波产生HARQ-ACK码本，然后将多个载波的码本级联在一起得到最终的HARQ-ACK码本进行传输的。其中，HARQ确认包括肯定确认(ACK)和否定确认(NACK)，本文为了方便描述，统一采用HARQ-ACK来表示HARQ确认。
若一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时，仍然采用现有技术中针对每个载波独立产生HARQ-ACK码本再级联在一起的方式，将导致对多个被联合调度的载波预留冗余的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，从而降低HARQ-ACK的传输效率和性能。
因此，目前针对一个DCI调度一个PDSCH同时在多个载波上传输时，HARQ-ACK是针对每个PDSCH反馈的，并不是针对每个载波，此时如何进行HARQ-ACK反馈现有技术中还没有给出明确的方案。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了信息传输方法及装置，用以实现当一个DCI调度一个PDSCH同时在多个载波上进行传输时的HARQ-ACK反馈。
在终端侧，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法包括：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
本申请实施例通过当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；发送所述HARQ-ACK码本，从而实现了当一个DCI调度一个PDSCH同时在多个载波上进行传输时的HARQ-ACK反馈。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时(即DCI调度的下行传输需要在第一个时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK传输时，需要产生第一时间单元n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本)，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波 中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集(具体就是多个第二时间单元分别对应的候选的下行传输机会集合按照第二时间单元的前后顺序级联在一起得到的)；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于时域资源分配(Time Domain Resource Assignment,TDRA)表格中的所有起点和长度指示值(Start and Length Indicator Value，SLIV)确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载 波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效，即当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的至少一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效，即当所述SLIV中的SLIV在对应的载波中的至少一个载波上的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效，即当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的每一个时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传 输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；其中，一个下行传输机会对应X比特HARQ-ACK反馈，X取决于PDSCH的配置参数，例如是单传输块(Transport Block，TB)、多TB还是码块组(Code Block Group，CBG)传输，如果是多TB时是否采用HARQ-ACK空间合并等；
将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一 个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的子载波间隔(Sub-CarrierSpace，SCS)相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)或第一时间单元中传输 HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling，SPS)资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
相应地，在基站侧，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法包括：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会 的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则， 确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波 对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所 述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的 PDCCH中的至少一种。
在终端侧，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置，包括：
确定单元，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
发送单元，用于发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包 含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号， 当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射 到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
在基站侧，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置，包括：
确定单元，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
接收单元，用于接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单 元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载 波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，所述确定单元具体用于：
确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定 所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
本申请另一实施例提供了一种信息传输装置，其包括存储器和处理器，其中，所述存储器用于存储程序指令，所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令，按照获得的程序执行下列过程：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述 SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的 HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
本申请另一实施例提供了一种信息传输装置，其包括存储器和处理器，其中，所述存储器用于存储程序指令，所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令，按照获得的程序执行下列过程：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波 中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表 格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，所述处理器具体用于：
确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述 多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
本申请另一实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于使所述计算机执行上述任一种方法。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简要介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前 提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请实施例提供的终端在上行时隙n中，在确定的PUCCH资源上发送8比特HARQ-ACK示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的终端在上行时隙n中，在确定的PUCCH资源上发送7比特HARQ-ACK示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的终端侧的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的网络侧的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的终端侧的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的网络侧的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的终端侧的另一种信息传输装置的结构示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的网络侧的另一种信息传输装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例，并不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
为了增加调度的效率，节省DCI开销，新的无线(New Radio，NR)版本17(Rel-17)中可能需要考虑采用一个DCI调度多个载波的方式，其中一种实现方式为一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输，即从数据传输上并不增加DCI调度的PDSCH数量，而是从资源映射上，将一个PDSCH承载的数据映射到多个载波上对应的物理资源集合中传输，从而实现一个DCI调度多个载波上同时进行传输。在这种方式下，现有技术中的半静态HARQ-ACK码本的产生方式不再适用，因此，本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法及装置，可以用于提供此种情况下的通过半静态HARQ-ACK码本方式传输HARQ-ACK的技术方案。
其中，方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，由于方法和装置解决问题的 原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统，尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)系统、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)系统、5G系统以及5G NR系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备，可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。在不同的系统中，终端设备的名称可能也不相同，例如在5G系统中，终端设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiated protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device)，本申请实施例中并不限定。
本申请实施例涉及的网络设备，可以是基站，该基站可以包括多个小区。根据具体应用场合不同，基站又可以称为接入点，或者可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(internet protocol，IP)分组进行相互转换，作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)或码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的网络设备(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是带宽码分多址接入(wide-band code division multiple access，WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB)，还可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional node B，eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next generation system)中的5G基站，也可是家庭演进基站(home evolved node B，HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等，本申请实施例中并不限定。
下面结合说明书附图对本申请各个实施例进行详细描述。需要说明的是，本申请实施例的展示顺序仅代表实施例的先后顺序，并不代表实施例所提供的技术方案的优劣。
新的无线通信系统(即5G NR，5Generation New RAT)中支持灵活的定时关系。对于物理下行共享信道(PDSCH，Physical Downlink Shared CHannel)，承载其调度信息的物理下行控制信道(PDCCH，Physical Downlink Control CHannel)指示PDSCH与PDCCH之间的调度时序关系(Scheduling timing，即K0)，以及PDSCH到其对应的HARQ-ACK之间的反馈时序关系(HARQ-ACK timing，即K1)。具体地，PDCCH所使用的下行控制信息(DCI，Downlink Control Information)格式中的时域资源分配(Time Domain Resource Assignment,TDRA)指示域，指示PDSCH所在时隙与PDCCH(也可以说DCI，因为DCI是PDCCH的具体传输格式，两者从描述调度和反馈关系上认为等 价)所在时隙的时隙偏移K0。DCI格式中的PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈定时(PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing)指示域指示PDSCH结束到HARQ-ACK开始之间的时隙个数K1，即时隙n中传输的PDSCH在时隙n+K1中进行HARQ-ACK传输。
5G NR系统中支持半静态(semi-static)和动态(dynamic)两种HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)产生方式。所谓HARQ-ACK codebook即针对在同一个时域位置或上行信道上进行HARQ-ACK反馈的下行传输(包括PDSCH和SPS PDSCH release)产生的HARQ-ACK反馈序列。
semi-static codebook可以根据K1集合中的HARQ-ACK timing值确定每个载波c上(具体的是这个载波上当前激活的部分带宽(Bandwidth partial，BWP)上)对应在一个时隙(slot)或子时隙(sub-slot)n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的下行传输的位置集合M c，然后根据M c即可以确定时隙或子时隙n中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，当一个DCI支持调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时(是从DCI的功能上可以允许调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输，对于这种DCI，一种实现方式是，规定这样的DCI在调度PDSCH传输时，总是调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输，另一种实现方式是，不限制DCI实际调度的PDSCH在几个载波上传输，例如DCI的某一次调度，可以是调度一个PDSCH在一个载波上传输，DCI的另一调度，也可以是调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输)，对可以由所述DCI调度的多个载波，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个HARQ-ACK码本，即可以由所述DCI调度的多个载波为一组，统一产生一个HARQ-ACK码本。具体地，例如：
方式1：当在第一时间单元n中传输HARQ-ACK码本时(即DCI调度的下行传输需要在第一个时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK传输时，需要产生第一时间单元n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本)，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数(或者也可以称为HARQ-ACK位置个数，一个位置对 应一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK，一个HARQ-ACK位置可以对应1或多比特HARQ-ACK，具体取决于一个下行传输对应的HARQ-ACK比特数)M c-max；
每一个对应在第一时间单元n中传输HARQ-ACK的第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，在第一时间单元n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述候选的下行传输机会集合对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
所述HARQ-ACK码本中的HARQ-ACK按照接收到的下行传输与所述候选的下行传输机会集合中的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应位置。
其中，M c-max例如可以采用如下方式获得：
方式1-1：M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-1适用于任何情况，包括调度时序(timing)设计上对多个载波是独立的调度timing，即不同的K0值，或者是共同(common)的调度timing，即相同的K0值，根据预定规则，可以基于相同的K0值分别得到每个载波上被调度的具体时间单元；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
如果在某一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则这个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集(具体就是多个第二时间单元分别对应的候选的下行传输机会集合按照第二时间单元的前后顺序级联在一起得到的)；
方式1-2可以适用于common的调度timing，即在已知第一时间单元n-K1 i 时，根据预定的调度timing规则，可以得到与这个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的在每个载波上的第二时间单元，即可以根据调度和反馈timing的设计，推断出以第一时间单元n-K1 i为参考的每个被调度的载波上的第二时间单元，即每个载波上的与第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元是固定的，并不是可变的；当然，也不排除方式1-2应用于其他场景；
例如，假设一个DCI调度的多个载波的子载波间隔(Sub-CarrierSpace，SCS)相同，且K0相同，则一个DCI调度在多个载波上根据K0值确定的同一个时隙中传输PDSCH，并且反馈timing定义以与PDSCH所在时隙重叠的最后一个PUCCH时隙(即根据PUCCH传输的SCS确定时隙，即传输PUCCH的载波上的时隙)作为K1＝0的参考时隙，从而根据K1值找到HARQ-ACK传输所在的时隙，那么按照这个反过程，当HARQ-ACK在时隙n传输时，可以根据一个K1值得到K1＝0的参考时隙n-K1，进而得到与这个时隙重叠的被调度载波上的时隙，就可以知道被调度载波上是哪个时隙与参考时隙n-K1对应了，从而可以依据这些确定的时隙中对应的候选下行传输机会来确定M c-max。
与方式1-1的区别在于，方式1-1是取了多个载波上所有根据K0和K1的各种组合可能在时隙n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的时隙中的Mc的最大值，即假设上下行载波的SCS相同，K1＝{1,2}，载波1和载波2上都可能存在时隙n-2和n-1需要在时隙n进行HARQ-ACK反馈，而载波1上的时隙n-2和n-1中可能分别对应的下行传输机会个数分别为3和2，载波2上的时隙n-2和n-1中可能分别对应的下行传输机会个数分别为5和4，那么按照方式1-1，确定的M c-max＝max(3，2，5，4)＝5，即根据K1值确定的每个与时隙n(传输HARQ-ACK的时隙)对应的第一时间单元(即时隙n-1和n-2)都对应M c-max＝5个候选的下行传输机会，则多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中包含了5+5＝10个候选的下行传输机会，按照方式1-2，根据K1＝1得到参考时隙n-1，与n-1对应的载波1和载波2的时隙假设都为n-1，那么对于参考时隙n-1确定的M c-max＝max(2,4)＝4，根据K1＝2得到参考时隙n-2，与n-2对应的载波1和载波2的时隙假设都为n-2，那么对于参考时隙n-2确定的 M c-max＝max(3,5)＝5，即根据K1值确定的每个与时隙n(传输HARQ-ACK的时隙)对应的第一时间单元(即时隙n-1和n-2)分别对应M c-max＝4和5个候选的下行传输机会，则多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中包含了4+5＝9个候选的下行传输机会。
方式1-3：M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会；
在方式1-3下，因为根据其中一个载波来确定候选的下行传输机会，如果出现一个DCI仅调度一个PDSCH在一个载波上传输，且传输的载波并不是特定载波的话，可能会出现特定载波上的候选的下行传输机会并不能包含这个载波上的PDSCH传输对应的HARQ-ACK位置的情况，此时需要基站调度保证不出现一个DCI仅调度一个PDSCH在一个载波上传输时其HARQ-ACK与一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时进行复用，或者基站调度上保证在其他非特定载波的载波上调度的PDSCH传输都能对应到M c-max中的一个候选的下行传输机会中。
如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则这个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
其中，一个下行传输机会对应X比特HARQ-ACK反馈，X取决于PDSCH的配置参数，例如单传输块(Transport Block，TB)、多TB还是码块组(Code Block Group，CBG)传输，如多TB时是否采用HARQ-ACK空间合并等；
其中，每个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于时域资源分配(Time Domain Resource Allocation，TDRA)表格中的所有起点和长度指示值(Start and Length Indicator Value，SLIV)确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中不与配置的(具体的可以是高层信令配置的)上行符号冲突的SLIV确定的(即有效的SLIV)；所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格(即不同载波的TDRA表格独立配置，并不一定相同)；
例如，当采用方式1-1时，每个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，即不进行SLIV是否有效(是否与配置的上行符号冲突)的判断，不去除任何SLIV；当然，也可以选择进行有效性判断，可以分别对每个载波上的第二时间单元先判断TDRA表格中的SLIV是否有效，基于有效的SLIV确定候选的下行传输机会；当采用方式1-2时，可以分别对每个载波上的第二时间单元先判断TDRA表格中的SLIV是否有效，基于有效的SLIV确定候选的下行传输机会；当然，也可以选择不进行有效性判断，分别对每个载波上的第二时间单元根据TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定候选的下行传输机会；当采用方式1-3时，可以对一个特定载波上的第二时间单元先判断TDRA表格中的SLIV是否有效，基于有效的SLIV确定候选的下行传输机会，当然也可以不进行有效性判断，直接对这个特定载波上的第二时间单元根据TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定候选的下行传输机会；
例如，当进行SLIV是否有效的判断时：
如果采用共有的TDRA表格，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括这个载波上配置的上行符号(包括，则为冲突)，当不包含时，确定这个SLIV有效，当包含时，确定这个SLIV无效；或者，只有在所述多个载波上的所述第二时间单元中，这个SLIV都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，其他情况都认为有效(即当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的至少一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号，确定所述SLIV有效)；
如果采用每个载波单独对应的TDRA表格，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断这个载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括这个载波上配置的上行符号(包括，则为冲突)，当不包含时，确定这个SLIV有效；
如果采用为DCI配置的TDRA表格，当所述TDRA表格中包含至少一行SLIV是对应一个SLIV组，该SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中 的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波中的所述第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV组无效，否则确定这个SLIV组有效(即当所述SLIV中的SLIV在对应的载波中的至少一个载波上的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效)；
其中，上述方式中，如果当前载波配置了PDSCH重复传输M次，则需要基于与第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元(例如第二时间单元为时间单元m，则进一步确定时间单元m-1，m-2，…m-M+1，以这M个时间单元为重复传输的时间单元集合)，当一个SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号，确定这个SLIV有效，否则确定这个SLIV无效(即当这个SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的每一个时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV无效)；
当所述多个载波中的一个载波上与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定该载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会(如果是等于，就是一一对应)；
当DCI调度了一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时，根据所述PDSCH传输在所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；具体的：
在所述一个特定载波上所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1i(即这个载波上的第二时间单元根据反馈定时的定义，确定是参考第一时间单元n-K1 i进行反馈定时的，即以第一时间单元n-K1 i为K1＝0对应的时间单元)所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定出一个与所述PDSCH对应的候选的下行传输机会，所述PDSCH的HARQ-AK映射到HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
当DCI调度一个PDSCH在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述PDSCH传输所在的载波，确定所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；具体的：
在所述PDSCH传输所在的载波上所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1i(即这个载波上的第二时间单元根据反馈定时的定义，确定是参考第一时间单元n-K1 i进行反馈定时的，即以第一时间单元n-K1 i为K1＝0对应的时间单元)所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定出一个与所述PDSCH对应的下行传输机会，所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
方式2：将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述候选的下行传输机会，产生所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；其中，具体的对每个载波确定HARQ-ACK码本或者确定候选的下行传输机会的过程为现有技术，不再赘述。
在使用方式2时，需要针对特定的场景，否则可能会出现根据特定载波确定的HARQ-ACK不能包含在另一个非特定载波上调度传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置；例如，满足如下条件至少一个条件(根据预先规定，可以是满足其中某一个条件，也可以是满足其中多个条件)时使用方式2：
多个载波上的TDRA表格相同；
多个载波上的时隙结构(即哪些时隙是上行，哪些时隙是下行，一个时隙中的哪些符号是上行，哪些符号是下行，不指定为上行或下行的时隙或符号为灵活flexible的)相同；
多个载波的SCS相同；
多个载波中除了特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在特定载波的TDRA表格中；
DCI总是调度PDSCH在所述多个载波中包含特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。当然，也可以对方式2的使用不限制必须满足上述条件，此时，通过基站调度避免出现根据特定载波确定的HARQ-ACK不能包含在另一个非特定载波上调度传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置的情况，或者出现了这个情况时，认为被调度的PDSCH无HARQ-ACK反馈。
上述方式中，所述特定载波可以为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，所述多个载波中SCS最小或最大的载波(如果存在多个载波的SCS相同，则可以是任意一个载波或SCS相同的载波中的编号最小或最大的载波)，或者为高层信令预先指示的载波，或者所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波(即一个DCI调度在多个载波上传输PDSCH时，每个载波上在哪个时隙传输PDSCH的调度时序，是以这个载波为参考得到的，即K0是以这个载波为参考得到的)，或者所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波，即一个DCI调度在多个载波上传输PDSCH时，PDSCH在哪个时隙或子时隙反馈HARQ-ACK的反馈时序，是以这个特定载波为参考得到的，即是根据这个特定载波上的PDSCH的结束位置，找到传输PUCCH载波上的一个时隙作为K1＝0的参考点的。
可选地，一个DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的PDSCH，与一个DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的PDSCH，不在同一个PUCCH中传输HARQ-ACK；
可选地，所述第一时间单元可以包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙等，其中，A为正整数；
可选地，所述第二时间单元可以包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙等，其中，B为正整数；
可选地，所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同，例如第一时间单元和第二时间单元都是时隙，或者第一时间单元为子时隙，第二时间单元为时隙；
可选地，当配置使用半静态HARQ-ACK码本时，采用上述方式之一确定所述多个载波的HARQ-ACK码本。
终端按照上述方式确定HARQ-ACK码本，并发送给基站；基站是按照上述方式确定HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，并进行HARQ-ACK码本接收，并且按照终端产生HARQ-ACK码本的逆过程解析出HARQ-ACK码本中对应在多个载波上传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
上述DCI调度一个PDSCH在一个或多个载波上传输的情况也可以替换为一个指示SPS资源释放的DCI在一个或多个载波上传输的情况，上述方式同样适用。
下面给出几个具体实施例的举例说明。
实施例1(方式1)：假设第一时间单元和第二时间单元都为时隙，假设DCI可以调度一个PDSCH在载波1和载波2上传输，两个载波的SCS相同，假设K1集合＝{1,2}，则：
方式A：不进行SLIV是否有效的判断，因为不考虑不同时隙中的上下行划分(即可能一个时隙中包含A1个上行符号，一个时隙中包含A2个上行符号，且上行符号的位置也可能不同)是否相同对TDRA中的SLIV在不同时隙中是否有效的影响，则同一个载波的每个时隙中对应的候选的下行传输机会的个数是相同的；终端只需要根据载波对应的TDRA表格中的SLIV按照现有技术中的SLIV分组方式得到每个载波上的一个时隙对应的候选的下行传输机会，从而得到M c-max；假设载波1的每个时隙中根据对应的TDRA表格中的SLIV集合确定了4个候选的下行传输机会，载波2的每个时隙中根据对应的TDRA表格中的SLIV确定了3个候选的下行传输机会，则确定M c-max＝4；当在上行时隙n中传输HARQ-ACK码本时，根据K1集合中的每个值，可以分别确定与上行时隙n对应的上行时隙n-1和上行时隙n-2，由于上行和下行的SCS相同，假设每个载波的反馈时序的定义就是以与一个下行时隙中的下行传输重叠的最后一个上行时隙为K1＝0的参考点，则在这个反馈时序定义下，可以认为所有与一个上行时隙在时间上重叠的下行时隙(假设载波之间的时隙编号没有偏差)，或者按照
Figure PCTCN2021089742-appb-000001
的方式可以得到对应的下行 时隙的编号(其中n U即为上行时隙n，K 1,k即为K1集合中的一个值，n D为
Figure PCTCN2021089742-appb-000002
的非负整数，μ DL为下行传输的SCS对应的编号，μ UL为上行传输的SCS对应的编号)，基于上述方式，可以得到，与上行时隙n-1对应的下行时隙(即传输PDSCH的时隙)在载波1和载波2上都为时隙n-1，与上行时隙n-2对应的下行时隙(即传输PDSCH的时隙)在载波1和载波2上都为时隙n-2，则上行时隙n中的HARQ-ACK码本是包含了载波1和载波2上的下行时隙n-1和时隙n-2所对应的候选下行传输机会的码本，即假设每个候选下行传输机会对应的HARQ-ACK比特为1(当然在其他实施例中，还是对应X比特，X是与下行传输的配置相关的，比如2个TB传输且不使用空间合并，可以是2比特，配置了4个CBG，可以是4比特等等)，则上行时隙n中对应载波1和载波2的HARQ-ACK码本包含了8比特信息，其中前4比特对应时隙n-2对应的4个候选下行传输机会，后4比特对应时隙n-1对应的4个候选下行传输机会；如果在下行时隙n-1中存在一个被调度在载波1和载波2上传输的PDSCH，假设其SLIV对应的是其传输所在时隙中的候选的下行传输机会中第3个，即也就是对应了上行时隙n-1(与这个下行时隙n-1对应的上行时隙)对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会中的第3个候选的下行传输机会，则该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到上行时隙n-1对应的4比特HARQ-ACK中的第3比特位置(即8比特HARQ-ACK码本中的第7比特位置)；如果在下行时隙n-2中存在一个被调度仅在载波2上传输的PDSCH，假设其SLIV对应的是载波2的时隙n-2中的候选的下行传输机会中的第1个(假设载波2上时隙n-2中的3个候选的下行传输机会对应上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会中的前3个，则这个PDSCH对应的下行传输机会对应上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会中的第1个候选的下行传输机会)，则该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到上行时隙n-2对应的4比特HARQ-ACK中的第1比特位置(即8比特HARQ-ACK码本中的第1比特位置)；终端在上行时隙n中，在确定的PUCCH资源上发送8比特 HARQ-ACK，如图1所示；基站按照上述同样的方式，可以确定终端在上行时隙n中发送了8比特HARQ-ACK码本，在对应的资源上进行接收，并按照上述同样方式可以从8比特HARQ-ACK码本中获得被调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
其中，根据TDRA表格确定候选的下行传输机会的方式为现有技术，例如，对于仅支持在一个时隙中接收一个单播(unicast)PDSCH的终端，直接确定每个载波的每个时隙对应1个候选的下行传输机会，即M c-max＝1；对于支持在一个时隙中接收超过一个unicast PDSCH的终端，使用每个载波对应的TDRA表格中的所有SLIV按照现有技术中的SLIV分组方式进行SLIV的分组方式，得到多个SLIV组，每个SLIV组对应一个候选的下行传输机会，从而得到每个载波上的每个时隙中的候选的下行传输机会；
其中，在8比特HARQ-ACK码本中还可能存在对应其他PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，这些PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到8比特HARQ-ACK码本中的过程同上类似，不再赘述；8比特HARQ-ACK码本所对应的PDSCH可以都是被调度在多个载波上传输的，也可以包含部分调度在多个载波上传输，部分调度在一个载波上传输；
其中，每个载波对应的TDRA表格可以是相同的，也可以是不同的，具体取决于TDRA表格的配置和使用方式，任何配置方式都可以使用本申请实施例提供的方式进行处理；如果TDRA表格对载波1和载波2是共享的，例如，如果对调度载波1和载波2的DCI配置了一个TDRA表格，并且规定这个TDRA表格适用于载波1和载波2，或者高层信令直接对有一个DCI同时调度的载波1和载波2配置一个TDRA表格，用于这两个载波上的时域资源确定，当然还可以有其他配置方式，只要是最终结果是两个载波的TDRA相同的，则在上述方式A中，只需要根据这一个TDRA表格中的SLIV按照现有技术中的SLIV分组方式得到一个时隙对应的候选的下行传输机会集合即可，这对载波1和载波2是相同的，不需要分别对载波1和载波2进行处理，从而将这个候选的下行传输机会集合中的传输机会个数作为M c-max即可；如果 TDRA表格对于载波1和载波2是独立的，例如高层信令为载波1和载波2分别配置了一个TDRA表格，每个TDRA表格中包含的SLIV集合和K0的组合不完全相同，或者对DCI或对两个载波配置了一个TDRA表格，表格中的每一行包含了两个SLIV的组合，每一个SLIV对应一个载波，如下面的表1所示，即DCI中的TDRA指示域指示一个索引，根据表格可以得到分别对应载波1和载波2的SLIV和K0(当然，K0可以是两个载波相同的，也可以是不同的，如果是相同的，表1中也可以对载波1和载波2保留一个公共的K0列即可)，当然还可以有其他配置方式实现两个载波独立的TDRA表格配置，则因为两个载波的TDRA表格中包含的SLIV集合可能是不同的，需要针对两个TDRA表格分别确定每个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，且得到的载波1和载波2上在一个时隙中的候选的下行传输机会的个数可能是不同的，此时取最大值作为M c-max即可，而对于实际对应的候选下行传输机会的个数小于M c-max的载波，可以规定是与M c-max个下行传输机会中的前几个或者后几个对应的，从而可以将载波对应的候选下行传输机会个数小于M c-max的载波上传输的PDSCH，根据其在这个载波上的下行传输机会与M c-max个下行传输机会中的某一个机会的对应关系，确定其HARQ-ACK映射到HARQ-ACK码本中的位置。
其中，上述实施例中，因为上行传输和下行传输的SCS相同，且不同载波之间并不存在时隙偏移(即时隙编号上不对齐，比如载波1上的时隙n对应载波2上的时隙n-p，p是偏移的时隙个数)，上行时隙与下行时隙一一对应，且编号相同；当上行传输和下行传输的SCS不同时，可能出现一个上行时隙对应多个下行时隙的情况，例如假设载波1的SCS为15kHz，载波2的SCS为30kHz时，按照上述同样假设，载波1上的一个上行时隙n-1对应载波2上的时隙2n-2和2n-1，则可以取这两个时隙各自对应的候选下行传输机会的个数之和作为载波2上与时隙n-1对应的第二时间单元的候选下行传输机会，与载波1上与时隙n-1对应的第二时间单元的候选下行传输机会进行比较，取载波1和载波2中的最大值作为M c-max；此外，在其他的反馈时序定义下，不 论SCS相同或不同，也可能会出现载波1和载波2上与同一个上行对应的下行时隙的编号不同等其他情况，只要终端和基站能唯一确定载波1和载波2上的下行时隙之间的对应关系(即能够知道载波1上的哪个时隙与载波2上的哪个时隙是用来同时传输一个PDSCH的，即这两个时隙是分别在载波1和载波2上与上行时隙n-1或n-2对应的)，就可以使用上述方式1-2和1-3确定对应的载波1和载波2上的时隙中的候选的下行传输机会的个数，从而取最大值作为上行时隙对应的下行传输机会个数，而方式1-1，因为M c-max覆盖了所有载波上的所有时隙的可能的候选下行传输机会的情况，所以并不限制两个载波上的对应同一个上行时隙n-1或n-2的下行时隙之间是否有关联，比如DCI，如果是单独指示PDSCH在每个载波上的传输时隙(K0)以及反馈时隙(K1)时，也可以做到在一个PDSCH在载波1和载波2上的任意两个时隙中传输时，在时隙n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈，此时由于并不知道载波1和载波2上与一个上行时隙n-1对应的到底是哪两个时隙，则需要按照所有时隙中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值进行一个上行时隙n-1和n-2对应的候选的下行传输机会的确定以及对应的HARQ-ACK反馈位置的预留。
表1：TDRA表格
Figure PCTCN2021089742-appb-000003
方式B：进行SLIV是否有效的判断，则不管每个载波对应的TDRA表格是否相同，因为不同载波上的时隙结构(一个时隙中的哪些符号被配置为下行符号、哪些符号被配置为上行符号)不同，同一个载波上的不同时隙的时 隙结构也可以不同，需要对每个载波上的每个时隙分别进行SLIV是否有效的判断，从而基于当前时隙中的有效的SLIV得到这个时隙对应的候选下行传输机会，不同载波、同一个载波的不同时隙中得到的候选下行传输机会的个数可能是不同的；判断SLIV是否有效的好处，在于可以在保证HARQ-ACK码本稳定性的基础上，在一定程度上降低HARQ-ACK码本中的冗余，即仅对实际可能发生下行传输的SLIV对应的后续下行传输机会预留HARQ-ACK位置；
具体的：按照同上述方式A中的方式，可以得到载波1和载波2上与上行时隙n-1对应的时隙为n-1，与上行时隙n-2对应的时隙为n-2，分别在载波1和载波2上的时隙n-1和n-2中对TDRA表格中的每个SLIV确定是否有效(即这个SLIV是否包含上行符号，包含为无效，不包含为有效)，根据有效的SLIV确定每个载波的每个时隙中包含的候选下行传输机会，即当所述终端在一个第二时间单元中仅支持接收一个单播PDSCH时，如果所述第二时间单元中至少包含一个有效SLIV，则确定所述第二时间单元包含1个候选的下行传输机会(否则，没有下行传输机会，即如果所述第二时间单元中不包含有效SLIV，则确定所述第二时间单元中不存在候选的下行传输机会)，当所述终端在一个第二时间单元中支持接收超过一个单播PDSCH时，基于所述第二时间单元中确定的有效SLIV，确定所述第二时间单元中的候选的下行传输机会；假设载波1上时隙n-1中确定的候选下行传输机会为3个(即因为判断了SLIV有效性，相对于方式A，减少了1个候选的下行传输机会)，载波1上时隙n-2中确定的候选下行传输机会为4个，载波2上时隙n-1中确定的候选下行传输机会为2个(即因为判断了SLIV有效性，相对于方式A，减少了1个候选的下行传输机会)，载波2上时隙n-2中确定的候选下行传输机会为3个；
当采用方式1-1时，确定每一个上行时隙(即时隙n-1和n-2)对应的候选下行传输机会的个数都为M c-max＝max(3,4,2,3)＝4，即假设每个候选下行传输机会对应的HARQ-ACK比特为1时，类似上述方式A，确定多个载波对应的在上行时隙n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本为8比特，然后对于一个DCI调 度一个PDSCH在载波1和载波2上传输，或者在其中一个载波上传输的情况下HARQ-ACK码本的产生和PDSCH的HARQ-ACK在码本中的映射位置的确定方式同上方式A中的描述，不再赘述；
当采用方式1-2时，则确定上行时隙n-1对应的M c-max＝max(3,2)＝3，上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝max(4,3)＝4，从而确定多个载波对应的在上行时隙n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本为7比特，前4比特对应上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会(即包含了载波1和载波2在时隙n-2中的下行传输机会在内)，后3比特对应上行时隙n-1对应的M c-max＝3个候选的下行传输机会(即包含了载波1和载波2在时隙n-1中的下行传输机会在内)；如果在下行时隙n-1中存在一个被调度在载波1和载波2上传输的PDSCH，假设其SLIV对应的是其传输所在时隙中的候选的下行传输机会中第3个，即也就是对应了上行时隙n-1(与这个下行时隙n-1对应的上行时隙)对应的M c-max＝3个候选的下行传输机会中的第3个候选的下行传输机会，则该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到上行时隙n-1对应的3比特HARQ-ACK中的第3比特位置(即7比特HARQ-ACK码本中的第7比特位置)；如果在下行时隙n-2中存在一个被调度仅在载波2上传输的PDSCH，假设其SLIV对应的是载波2的时隙n-2中的候选的下行传输机会中的第1个(假设载波2上时隙n-2中的3个候选的下行传输机会对应上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会中的前3个，则这个PDSCH对应的下行传输机会对应上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4个候选的下行传输机会中的第1个候选的下行传输机会)，则该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK映射到上行时隙n-2对应的4比特HARQ-ACK中的第1比特位置(即7比特HARQ-ACK码本中的第1比特位置)；终端在上行时隙n中，在确定的PUCCH资源上发送7比特HARQ-ACK，如图2所示；基站按照上述同样的方式，可以确定终端在上行时隙n中发送了7比特HARQ-ACK码本，在对应的资源上进行接收，并按照上述同样方式可以从7比特HARQ-ACK码本中获得被调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
当采用方式1-3时，假设特定载波为载波1(可以是按照特定规则确定的， 或者信令预先通知的等方式得到的特定载波，具体方式不做限制)，则确定上行时隙n-1对应的M c-max＝3(即为载波1上与上行时隙n-1对应的时隙n-1中包含的候选的下行传输机会的个数)，上行时隙n-2对应的M c-max＝4(即为载波1上与上行时隙n-2对应的时隙n-2中包含的候选的下行传输机会的个数)，进而具体的得到HARQ-ACK码本的方式同上方式1-2，不再赘述；其中，因为载波1上的每个时隙包含的候选的下行传输机会的个数都是不小于载波2在对应的时隙中包含的候选的下行传输机会的个数的，因此，即使基站发送一个DCI调度了一个PDSCH仅在载波2上的某个时隙中传输，则按照载波1的候选的下行传输机会确定的HARQ-ACK码本中总是能包含载波2上的下行传输在内，因为载波2的候选的下行传输机会的个数是载波1上对应的时隙中的候选的下行传输机会的个数的子集；
实施例2(方式2)：当支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在载波1和载波2上传输时，假设载波1为特定载波，其他假设同上方式A和B，则可以根据现有技术对载波1确定HARQ-ACK码本，比如，在不进行SLIV有效性判断时，确定载波1上与上行时隙n-1和n-2分别对应的时隙n-1和n-2中都包含了4个候选的下行传输机会，从而得到8比特HARQ-ACK码本，也可以是根据现有技术确定载波1在时隙n-1和n-2中包含的候选的下行传输机会个数，然后将这个个数分别作为上行时隙n-1和n-2对应的候选的下行传输机会个数，进而得到8比特HARQ-ACK码本，对DCI调度的在载波1和载波2上同时传输的PDSCH或在某一个载波上传输的PDSCH进行HARQ-ACK映射的方式同方式A，此处不再赘述；
比如，在进行SLIV有效性判断时，确定载波1上与上行时隙n-1和n-2分别对应的时隙n-1和n-2中分别包含了3个和4个候选的下行传输机会，从而得到7比特HARQ-ACK码本，也可以是根据现有技术确定载波1在时隙n-1和n-2中包含的候选的下行传输机会个数，然后将这个个数分别作为上行时隙n-1和n-2对应的候选的下行传输机会个数，进而得到7比特HARQ-ACK码本，对DCI调度的在载波1和载波2上同时传输的PDSCH或在某一个载 波上传输的PDSCH进行HARQ-ACK映射的方式同方式B，此处不再赘述；
当DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波中没有包含特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输时，PDSCH的HARQ-ACK根据PDSCH对应的SLIV在所述特定载波上对应的第二时间单元中对应的候选下行传输机会进行映射(即这个PDSCH在载波2上的时隙n传输，载波1是特定载波，则需要在载波1上确定一个时隙，这个时隙是与载波2上的时隙n对应的时隙，例如这个时隙根据调度时序设计是在DCI同时调度两个载波时，与载波2上的时隙n同时被调度的时隙，比如根据同一个K0值可以确定的时隙，在载波1中的这个对应的时隙中找到一个与这个PDSCH使用的SLIV相同的SLIV，从而得到载波1的这个时隙中的一个与这个PDSCH对应的候选下行传输机会，进而根据这个候选的下行传输机会以载波1的这个时隙的位置，可以得到PDSCH的HARQ-ACK在载波1的HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
上述实施例中，DCI调度一个PDSCH在载波1和载波2上传输时具体的调度实现方式不做限制，例如可以是DCI中包含分别针对载波1和载波2的调度指示信息，独立指示载波1和载波2上的调度信息(如时域资源(包括SLIV和K0)、频域资源、MCS、DMRS端口等)，也可以是DCI中仅包含一套指示域，所提供的调度信息对两个载波共享，即例如DCI中的TDRA指示域指示了一个SLIV和K0，则在每个载波上都是按照这个SLIV和K0确定一个时域传输位置等，也可以是DCI中的部分指示域是对两个载波独立指示的，部分指示域是两个载波共享的，等等只要是能实现一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输的方案，都可以应用在这里；
上述实施例中：将K1以时隙为单位替换为以子时隙为单位时，同样适用；载波1和载波2的SCS不同时，同样适用，一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在更多个载波上传输时，同样适用。
综上所述，本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，当一个DCI可以调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时，多个载波作为一组共同确定一个HARQ-ACK，而不是分别对每个载波确定HARQ-ACK码本再级联在一起。即本申请实施例 给出了一种一个DCI调度一个PDSCH在多个载波上传输时，如何确定多个载波的HARQ-ACK码本的方法，避免根据现有技术分别对每个载波确定HARQ-ACK码本再级联在一起造成的码本冗余，保证了基站和终端对HARQ-ACK传输的理解一致性，降低了HARQ-ACK的冗余，提高了HARQ-ACK传输性能和效率。
在终端侧，参见图3，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法包括：
S101、当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
其中，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本，即：将这多个载波作为一组，对这一组载波产生一个HARQ-ACK码本。
S102、发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地(对应上述方式1)，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时(即DCI调度的下行传输需要在第一个时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK传输时，需要产生第一时间单元n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本)，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会 的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集(具体就是多个第二时间单元分别对应的候选的下行传输机会集合按照第二时间单元的前后顺序级联在一起得到的)；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载 波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效，即当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的至少一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效，即当所述SLIV中的SLIV在对应的载波中的至少一个载波上的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效，即当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的每一个时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传 输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；其中，一个下行传输机会对应X比特HARQ-ACK反馈，X取决于PDSCH的配置参数，例如是单TB、多TB还是CBG传输，如果是多TB时是否采用HARQ-ACK空间合并等；
将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的 HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地(对应方式2)，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
相应地，参见图4，在基站侧，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法包括：
S201、当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
S202、接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波 中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表 格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
在终端侧，参见图5，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置，包括：
处理器600，用于读取存储器620中的程序，执行下列过程：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时(即DCI调度的下行传输需要在第一个时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK传输时，需要产生第一时间单元n中传输的HARQ-ACK码本)，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包 含的候选的下行传输机会的并集(具体就是多个第二时间单元分别对应的候选的下行传输机会集合按照第二时间单元的前后顺序级联在一起得到的)；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效，即当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的至少一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效，即当所述SLIV中的SLIV在对应的载波中的至少一个载波上的第二时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV 有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效，即当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的每一个时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；其中，一个下行传输机会对应X比特HARQ-ACK反馈，X取决于PDSCH的配置参数，例如是单TB、多TB还是CBG传输，如果是多TB时是否采用HARQ-ACK空间合并等；
将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时， 将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
收发机610，用于在处理器600的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图5中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器600代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器620代表的存储器的各种电 路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机610可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口630还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器600负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器620可以存储处理器600在执行操作时所使用的数据。
可选的，处理器600可以是CPU(中央处埋器)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路)、FPGA(Field－Programmable Gate Array，现场可编程门阵列)或CPLD(Complex Programmable Logic Device，复杂可编程逻辑器件)。
在基站侧，参见图6，本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置，包括：
处理器500，用于读取存储器520中的程序，执行下列过程：
当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输 机会集合产生的。
可选地，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
可选地，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
可选地，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载 波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
可选地，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
可选地，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的，包括：
确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
可选地，确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
可选地，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
可选地，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波 为一组产生的，具体包括：
确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
可选地，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
可选地，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
可选地，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
可选地，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、 或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
可选地，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
收发机510，用于在处理器500的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图6中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器500代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器520代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机510可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器500负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器520可以存储处理器500在执行操作时所使用的数据。
处理器500可以是中央处埋器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device，CPLD)。
在终端侧，参见图7，本申请实施例提供的另一种信息传输装置，包括：
确定单元11，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
发送单元12，用于发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
该终端侧信息传输装置还具有执行上述终端侧信息传输方法中所述的各种处理流程的功能，例如确定单元具体如何确定HARQ-ACK码本等，在此不再赘述。
在基站侧，参见图8，本申请实施例提供的另一种信息传输装置，包括：
确定单元21，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多 个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
接收单元22，用于接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
该基站侧信息传输装置还具有执行上述基站侧信息传输方法中所述的各种处理流程的功能，例如确定单元具体如何确定HARQ-ACK码本等，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算设备，该计算设备具体可以为桌面计算机、便携式计算机、智能手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)等。该计算设备可以包括中央处理器(Center Processing Unit，CPU)、存储器、输入/输出设备等，输入设备可以包括键盘、鼠标、触摸屏等，输出设备可以包括显示设备，如液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display，LCD)、阴极射线管(Cathode Ray Tube，CRT)等。
存储器可以包括只读存储器(ROM)和随机存取存储器(RAM)，并向 处理器提供存储器中存储的程序指令和数据。在本申请实施例中，存储器可以用于存储本申请实施例提供的任一所述方法的程序。
处理器通过调用存储器存储的程序指令，处理器用于按照获得的程序指令执行本申请实施例提供的任一所述方法。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述本申请实施例提供的装置所用的计算机程序指令，其包含用于执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一方法的程序。
所述计算机存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备，包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于终端设备，也可以应用于网络设备。
其中，终端设备也可称之为用户设备(User Equipment，简称为“UE”)、移动台(Mobile Station，简称为“MS”)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等，可选的，该终端可以具备经无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信的能力，例如，终端可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、或具有移动性质的计算机等，例如，终端还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。
网络设备可以为基站(例如，接入点)，指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS，Base Transceiver Station)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以是5G系统中的gNB等。本申请实施例中不做限定。
上述方法处理流程可以用软件程序实现，该软件程序可以存储在存储介质中，当存储的软件程序被调用时，执行上述方法步骤。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (97)

  1. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，该方法包括：
    当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
    发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果 在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本，包括：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK 码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本具体包括：
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件 中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  13. 根据权利要求2-12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  14. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  15. 根据权利要求2-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  17. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，该方法包括：
    当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
    接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所 述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表 格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  23. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  24. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的，包括：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上，具体包括：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置，包括：
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  27. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的，具体包括：
    确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
  28. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK 码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  29. 根据权利要求18～28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  30. 根据权利要求17～28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  31. 根据权利要求18～28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  32. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  33. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    确定单元，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
    发送单元，用于发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号， 当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  39. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  40. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所 述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  43. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  44. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  45. 根据权利要求34-44任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波， 或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  46. 根据权利要求33-44任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  47. 根据权利要求34-42任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  48. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  49. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    确定单元，用于当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
    接收单元，用于接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  53. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的装置，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第 二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  55. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  56. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  59. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于：
    确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
  60. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  61. 根据权利要求50-60任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  62. 根据权利要求49-60任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  63. 根据权利要求50-60任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  64. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  65. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储程序指令；
    处理器，用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令，按照获得的程序执行下列过程：
    当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，以所述多个载波为一组，确定一个混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本；
    发送所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下 行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的装置，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  69. 根据权利要求67所述的装置，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的装置，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表 格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  71. 根据权利要求66所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  72. 根据权利要求66所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    将一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK 码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，将所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  75. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  76. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，作为所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，产生所述HARQ-ACK码本：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  77. 根据权利要求66-76任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  78. 根据权利要求65-76任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  79. 根据权利要求66-74任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  80. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  81. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储程序指令；
    处理器，用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令，按照获得的程序执行下列过程：
    当一个下行控制信息DCI可以调度一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时， 确定混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK码本是以所述多个载波为一组产生的；
    接收所述HARQ-ACK码本。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    当所述HARQ-ACK码本在第一时间单元n中传输时，根据反馈定时K1集合中的每一个值K1 i确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定一个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的候选的下行传输机会个数M c-max；
    将每个第一时间单元n-K1 i对应M c-max个候选的下行传输机会，按照对应的K1值的固定顺序级联在一起，构成所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合；
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是根据所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合产生的。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M c-max采用如下方式之一确定：
    方式1-1：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上在所述第一时间单元n中进行HARQ-ACK反馈的每个第二时间单元中包含的候选下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-2：对于每一个第一时间单元n-K1 i，确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的每个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的最大值；
    方式1-3：确定M c-max为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会。
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的装置，其特征在于，当采用方式1-2时，如果在一个载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则所述一个载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为所述多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集；
    当采用方式1-3时，如果在所述特定载波上存在多个第二时间单元与所述 第一时间单元n-K1 i对应，则在所述特定载波上对应第一时间单元n-K1 i的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会，为多个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会的并集。
  85. 根据权利要求83所述的装置，其特征在于，一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的所有SLIV确定的，或者是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的，其中，所述有效SLIV为不与配置的上行符号冲突的SLIV，所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格，或者为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格，或者为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的装置，其特征在于，当一个载波上的一个第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会是基于TDRA表格中的有效SLIV确定的时，按照下述方式确定SLIV是否有效：
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波共有的TDRA表格时，对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效，或者，当所述SLIV在所述多个载波上的每一个载波上对应的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定这个SLIV无效，否则，确定所述SLIV有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为对所述DCI配置的TDRA表格时，当所述TDRA表格中的一行信息对应的是多个SLIV构成的SLIV组，且所述SLIV组中的每一个SLIV对应所述多个载波中的每一个载波时，则当所述SLIV中的每一个SLIV在对应的载波上的第二时间单元中都包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV组无效，否则确定所述SLIV组有效；
    当所述TDRA表格为所述多个载波中的每一个载波各自对应的TDRA表格时，则对所述多个载波中的每个载波，在第二时间单元中，判断当前载波对应的TDRA表格中的一个SLIV是否与包括当前载波上配置的上行符号，当不包含时，确定所述SLIV有效，当包含时，确定所述SLIV无效；
    其中，如果一个载波配置了下行传输重复传输M次，则需要基于一个载波上的与所述第一时间单元对应的第二时间单元，确定M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元，当所述SLIV在所述M个用于重复传输的第二时间单元的至少一个时间单元中不包含上行符号时，确定所述SLIV有效，否则，确定所述SLIV无效。
  87. 根据权利要求82所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述多个载波中的一个载波上，与所述第一时间单元n-K1 i对应的第二时间单元中包含的候选的下行传输机会M c小于M c-max时，确定所述一个载波上的M c个候选的下行传输机会对应于所述M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中的前M c个候选的下行传输机会，或后M c个候选的下行传输机会。
  88. 根据权利要求82所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    确定所述HARQ-ACK码本中包含与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合相对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
    确定一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK按照下行传输与所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会集合中的一个候选的下行传输机会的对应关系，映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中的对应的HARQ-ACK位置上。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    当所述DCI调度了一个下行传输在多个载波上传输时，根据所述多个载波中的一个特定载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置；和/或，
    当所述DCI调度一个下行传输在所述多个载波上的一个载波上传输时，根据所述下行传输所在的载波，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK在所述HARQ-ACK码本中的映射位置。
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    在所述一个特定载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映 射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置；
    在所述下行传输所在的载波上、所述下行传输所在的第二时间单元对应的一个第一时间单元n-K1 i所对应的M c-max个候选的下行传输机会中，确定一个与所述下行传输对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述下行传输的HARQ-ACK映射到所述HARQ-ACK码本中与所述对应的候选的下行传输机会所对应的HARQ-ACK位置。
  91. 根据权利要求81所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于：
    确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本；或者，
    将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的。
  92. 根据权利要求81所述的装置，其特征在于，判断是否满足如下条件中的一个或多个组合，当判断满足时，确定所述多个载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本为所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的HARQ-ACK码本，或者，将所述多个载波中的一个特定载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，作为所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会，确定所述HARQ-ACK码本是基于所述多个载波对应的候选的下行传输机会产生的：
    所述多个载波的TDRA表格相同、所述多个载波的时隙结构相同、所述多个载波的SCS相同、所述多个载波中除了所述一个特定载波之外的载波上的SLIV包含在所述一个特定载波的TDRA表格中、所述DCI总是调度下行传输在所述多个载波中包含所述一个特定载波在内的一个或多个载波上传输。
  93. 根据权利要求82-92任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述特定载波为所述多个载波中编号最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中子载波间隔SCS最小或最大的载波，或者为所述多个载波中高层信令预先指示的载波，或者为所述DCI调度所述多个载波时作为调度时序参考的载波，或者为所述 DCI调度所述多个载波时作为HARQ-ACK反馈时序参考的载波。
  94. 根据权利要求81-92任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI调度的在多个载波上传输的下行传输，与所述DCI调度的在一个载波上传输的下行传输，不在同一个物理上行控制信道PUCCH或第一时间单元中传输HARQ-ACK。
  95. 根据权利要求82-92任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元包括：预先定义的A个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，A为正整数；和/或，
    所述第二时间单元包括：预先定义的B个符号构成的时间段、或子帧、或时隙、或子时隙中的一种，其中，B为正整数；
    所述第一时间单元和所述第二时间单元的定义可以相同或者不同。
  96. 根据权利要求81所述的装置，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK码本采用半静态方式产生；和/或，所述下行传输包括物理下行共享信道PDSCH、指示下行半持续调度SPS资源释放的PDCCH中的至少一种。
  97. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于使所述计算机执行权利要求1至32任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/089742 2020-05-28 2021-04-25 信息传输方法及装置 WO2021238545A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/928,062 US20230198683A1 (en) 2020-05-28 2021-04-25 Information transmission method and apparatus
EP21814005.1A EP4161198A4 (en) 2020-05-28 2021-04-25 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010467902.1 2020-05-28
CN202010467902.1A CN113747588B (zh) 2020-05-28 2020-05-28 信息传输方法及装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021238545A1 true WO2021238545A1 (zh) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=78724118

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/089742 WO2021238545A1 (zh) 2020-05-28 2021-04-25 信息传输方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230198683A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4161198A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN113747588B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021238545A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116368761A (zh) * 2020-09-25 2023-06-30 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 在无线通信系统中生成harq-ack码本的方法、装置和系统
US20230069103A1 (en) * 2021-08-24 2023-03-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for multi-slot semi-persistent scheduling (sps) occasions
WO2023208194A1 (zh) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传反馈方法及装置
WO2023206385A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatuses for harq-ack feedback timing determination for carrier aggregation
CN117135753A (zh) * 2022-05-27 2023-11-28 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 确定动态码本的方法、装置及通信设备

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018175820A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Gang Xiong Scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request operation and codebook design for new radio carrier aggregation
WO2019028845A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited HARQ-ACK FOR A PLURALITY OF CARRIER GROUPS OF A DOWNLINK CREEK ASSEMBLY
CN110149172A (zh) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息处理方法及装置

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010124238A2 (en) * 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for sending hybrid automatic repeat request feedback for component carrier aggregation
CN112073158B (zh) * 2015-01-28 2023-08-22 交互数字专利控股公司 用于操作大量载波的上行链路反馈方法
EP3471309B1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2023-02-15 LG Electronics Inc. Methods for transmitting and receiving acknowledgment information between terminal and base station in wireless communication system, and devices for supporting same
US11025456B2 (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Time domain resource allocation for mobile communication
EP3738245B1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2023-03-29 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining a harq-ack codebook for carrier aggregation
CN110943806B (zh) * 2018-09-21 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求确认码本的传输方法和设备

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018175820A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Gang Xiong Scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request operation and codebook design for new radio carrier aggregation
WO2019028845A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited HARQ-ACK FOR A PLURALITY OF CARRIER GROUPS OF A DOWNLINK CREEK ASSEMBLY
CN110149172A (zh) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息处理方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Discussion on HARQ-ACK Feedback for SPS PDSCH Release with Cross-Carrier Scheduling", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #101 E-MEETING R1-2003602, 16 May 2020 (2020-05-16), XP051885380 *
See also references of EP4161198A4 *
VIVO: "Remaining Issues on Cross-Carrier Scheduling with Mix Numerologies", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 MEETING #100BIS E-MEETING R1-2001692, 11 April 2020 (2020-04-11), XP051875229 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4161198A1 (en) 2023-04-05
EP4161198A4 (en) 2023-08-09
CN113747588B (zh) 2024-01-23
CN113747588A (zh) 2021-12-03
US20230198683A1 (en) 2023-06-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021238545A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2020057566A1 (zh) 一种harq-ack的传输方法、终端设备及网络设备
RU2604808C2 (ru) Способ и устройство
WO2019174486A1 (zh) 资源指示、确定方法及装置
WO2017024563A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法、装置及系统
WO2021012996A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2021013022A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
EP4133850A1 (en) Apparatus and method for communicating a pusch including uci
WO2019029287A1 (zh) Pucch传输方法、用户设备和装置
WO2021017765A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2021227624A1 (zh) 一种确定反馈信息传输位置的方法及设备
WO2021159857A1 (zh) 码本传输方法及装置
WO2022218223A1 (zh) 载波切换的传输处理方法及装置
WO2022117102A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法、接收方法、终端和网络设备
WO2017161971A1 (zh) 一种反馈信息的传输方法及装置
WO2021036423A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2021203967A1 (zh) 一种资源指示方法及相关设备
WO2021052064A1 (zh) 资源确定方法及装置
WO2021204255A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2022042484A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法、信息接收方法、终端和网络设备
WO2023134572A1 (zh) 上行传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2021017604A1 (zh) 资源确定方法及装置
WO2022148404A1 (zh) 数据传输方法、数据传输装置、通信设备及存储介质
WO2022237462A1 (zh) 上行信道的传输方法及相关装置
WO2021017605A1 (zh) 资源分配、确定方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21814005

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021814005

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230102